blob: 418b3b8ce0566cdded56134a1eb8ba0c1eeab5d7 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
821 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000822 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
823 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000824 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000825 }
826
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000827 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
828 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000829
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
831 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
832 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
833 : SourceRange());
834 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000835 }
836
837 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000838
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
840 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000841 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
842 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
844 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000845 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
846 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
847 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000848 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000849 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000851 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
852 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000853 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000854 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
855 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000856
857 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
858 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
859 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
860 return ExprError();
861
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000862 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
863 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
864 // an error.
865 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
866 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
867 << IV->getDeclName());
868 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
869 // same name exists, use the global.
870 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000871 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
872 ClassDeclared != IFace)
873 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000874 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
875 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000876 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
877 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000878 return Owned(new (Context)
879 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000880 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000881 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000882 }
883 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000884 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
885 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
886 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000888 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
889 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000890 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
891 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000892 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000893 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000894 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000895 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000896 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000897 QualType T;
898
899 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
900 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
901 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
902 else
903 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000904 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000905 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000906 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000907
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000908 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
909 // argument-dependent lookup.
910 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
911 HasTrailingLParen;
912
913 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000914 // We've seen something of the form
915 //
916 // identifier(
917 //
918 // and we did not find any entity by the name
919 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
920 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
921 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
922 Context.OverloadTy,
923 Loc));
924 }
925
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000926 if (D == 0) {
927 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
928 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000929 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000930 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000931 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000932 else {
933 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
934 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000935 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000936 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
937 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000938 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
939 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
941 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000942 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000943 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000944 }
945 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000946
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000947 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
948 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
949 // not any specific instance's member.
950 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000951 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000952 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000953 QualType DType;
954 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
955 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
956 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
957 DType = Method->getType();
958 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
959 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
960 }
961 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
962 if (!DType.isNull()) {
963 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
964 // dependent.
965 bool Dependent = false;
966 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
967 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
968 if (DC->isRecord()) {
969 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
970 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
971 Dependent = true;
972 break;
973 }
974 }
975 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000976 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 }
978 }
979 }
980
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000981 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
982 // (C++ [class.union]).
983 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
984 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
985 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
988 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
989 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
990 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
991 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
992 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
993 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
994 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
995 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
996 QualType MemberType;
997 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
998 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = FD->getType();
1000
1001 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1002 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1003 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1004 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1005 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1006 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1007 }
1008 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1009 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1010 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1011 MemberType = Method->getType();
1012 }
1013 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1014 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1015 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1016 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1017 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1018 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1020 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1021 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1022 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1023 break;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001027
1028 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1030 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1031 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1032 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1033 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1034 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001035 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001036 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001037 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001038 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001039 }
1040 }
1041 }
1042 }
1043
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001044 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001045 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1046 if (MD->isStatic())
1047 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1049 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001050 }
1051
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001052 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1053 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1054 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1056 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001057 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001058
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001059 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001061 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001063 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001065
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001066 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001067 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001068 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1069 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001070 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1071 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1072 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001073 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001075 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1076 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1077 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1078 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1079 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1080 return ExprError();
1081
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001082 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001083 // Warn about constructs like:
1084 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1085 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001086 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1087 Scope *CheckS = S;
1088 while (CheckS) {
1089 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001090 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001092 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1093 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001094 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001095 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1096 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001097 break;
1098 }
1099
1100 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1101 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1102 if (CheckS)
1103 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001106 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1107 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1108 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1109 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1110 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1111 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1112 // type.
1113 QualType T = Func->getType();
1114 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001115 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1116 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001117 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1118 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001119 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001120
1121 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1122 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123 return ExprError();
1124
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001125 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1126 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1127 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1128 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001129 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001130 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1131 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1132 //
1133 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001135 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1136 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001139 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001140 ExprTy.addConst();
1141 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001142 }
1143 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1144 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001145
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001146 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001147 bool ValueDependent = false;
1148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1149 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1150 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1151 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1152 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1153 TypeDependent = true;
1154 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1155 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1156 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1157 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1158 TypeDependent = true;
1159 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1160 // names a dependent type.
1161 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001162 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001163 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1164 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001165 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001166 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1167 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1168 TypeDependent = true;
1169 break;
1170 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001171 }
1172 }
1173 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001175 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1176 //
1177 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1178 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1179 if (TypeDependent)
1180 ValueDependent = true;
1181 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1182 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1183 ValueDependent = true;
1184 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1185 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1186 // (FIXME!).
1187 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001188
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1190 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001191}
1192
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1194 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001195 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001196
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001198 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001199 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1200 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1201 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001202 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001203
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001204 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1205 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001206 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001207 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1208 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001209 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1210 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1211 else {
1212 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1213 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1214 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1215 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216
1217
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001218 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001219 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001220 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001221 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001222}
1223
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001225 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1226 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1227 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001230 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1232 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001234
1235 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1236
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001237 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1238 Literal.isWide(),
1239 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001240}
1241
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1243 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001244 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1245 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001246 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001247 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001248 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001249 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001250 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001251
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001253 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1254 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001255 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1258 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001259
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1261 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1262 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263 return ExprError();
1264
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001265 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001268 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001274 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275
1276 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1277
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001278 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1279 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001280 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1281 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001282
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001283 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001287
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001288 // long long is a C99 feature.
1289 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001290 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001291 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1292
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001293 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001294 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001296 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1297 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1298 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1300 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001301 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001302 } else {
1303 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1304 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001306 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1307 // be an unsigned int.
1308 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1309
1310 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001312 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1313 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001324 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001325 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001328 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001329 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001330
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001331 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1332 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1333 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1334 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001335 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001336 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340 }
1341
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001342 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001343 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001344 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001346 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1347 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1348 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1349 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001353 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 }
1355 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001356
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001357 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1358 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001359 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001360 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001362 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001365 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1366 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001367 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001368 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001370
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001371 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1372 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001373 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1374 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001375
1376 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001377}
1378
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001379Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1380 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001381 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001382 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001383 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001384}
1385
1386/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1387/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001388bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001389 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1390 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1391 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001392 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1393 return false;
1394
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001395 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001396 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001397 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001398 if (isSizeof)
1399 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1400 return false;
1401 }
1402
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001403 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001404 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001405 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1406 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001407 return false;
1408 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001409
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001410 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1411 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1412 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1413 ExprRange))
1414 return true;
1415
1416 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001417 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001419 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1420 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001421 }
1422
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001423 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001424}
1425
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001426bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1427 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1428 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001429
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001430 // alignof decl is always ok.
1431 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1432 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001433
1434 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1435 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1436 return false;
1437
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001438 if (E->getBitField()) {
1439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1440 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001441 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001442
1443 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1444 // bit-field.
1445 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1446 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1447 return false;
1448
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001449 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1450}
1451
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1453Action::OwningExprResult
1454Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1455 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1456 if (T.isNull())
1457 return ExprError();
1458
1459 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1460 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1461 return ExprError();
1462
1463 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1464 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1465 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1466 R.getEnd()));
1467}
1468
1469/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1470/// operand.
1471Action::OwningExprResult
1472Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1473 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1474 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1475 bool isInvalid = false;
1476 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1477 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1478 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1479 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001480 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1482 isInvalid = true;
1483 } else {
1484 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1485 }
1486
1487 if (isInvalid)
1488 return ExprError();
1489
1490 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1491 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1492 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1493 R.getEnd()));
1494}
1495
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001496/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1497/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1498/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001499Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001500Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1501 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001502 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001504
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001505 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001506 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1507 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1508 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001509
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001510 // Get the end location.
1511 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1512 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1513 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1514
1515 if (Result.isInvalid())
1516 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1517
1518 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001519}
1520
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001521QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001522 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1523 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001524
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001525 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001526 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1527 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001528
1529 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1530 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1531 return V->getType();
1532
1533 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001534 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1535 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001536 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001537}
1538
1539
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001540
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541Action::OwningExprResult
1542Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1543 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1544 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001546 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1547 switch (Kind) {
1548 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1549 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1550 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1551 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1554 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1555 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001557 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1558
1559 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1560 //
1561 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1562 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1563 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1564 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1565 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1566 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1567 // argument will have value zero.
1568 Expr *Args[2] = {
1569 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001570 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1571 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 };
1573
1574 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1575 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001576 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577
1578 // Perform overload resolution.
1579 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1580 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1581 case OR_Success: {
1582 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1583 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1584
1585 if (FnDecl) {
1586 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1587 // operator.
1588
1589 // Convert the arguments.
1590 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1591 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001592 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001593 } else {
1594 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001595 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001596 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1597 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001598 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001599 }
1600
1601 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001603 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1604 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001606 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001607 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001608 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001609 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1610
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001611 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1613 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1614 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 } else {
1616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1618 // operator node.
1619 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1620 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
1623 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625 }
1626
1627 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1628 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1629 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1630 break;
1631
1632 case OR_Ambiguous:
1633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1634 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1635 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001638
1639 case OR_Deleted:
1640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1642 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1643 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1649 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1650 // build a built-in operation.
1651 }
1652
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001653 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1654 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001655 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001656 return ExprError();
1657 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001659}
1660
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661Action::OwningExprResult
1662Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1663 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1664 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1665 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001666
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001669 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1670 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1671 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001672 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1673 // to the candidate set.
1674 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1675 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001676 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1677 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001679 // Perform overload resolution.
1680 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1681 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1682 case OR_Success: {
1683 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1684 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1685
1686 if (FnDecl) {
1687 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1688 // operator.
1689
1690 // Convert the arguments.
1691 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1692 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1693 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1694 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1695 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001696 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001697 } else {
1698 // Convert the arguments.
1699 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1700 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1701 "passing") ||
1702 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1703 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1704 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001706 }
1707
1708 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001710 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1711 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001713 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001714 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1715 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001716 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1717
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001718 Base.release();
1719 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001720 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1721 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001722 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001723 } else {
1724 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1725 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1726 // operator node.
1727 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1728 "passing") ||
1729 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1730 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001731 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001732
1733 break;
1734 }
1735 }
1736
1737 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1738 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1739 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1740 break;
1741
1742 case OR_Ambiguous:
1743 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1744 << "[]"
1745 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1746 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001747 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001748
1749 case OR_Deleted:
1750 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1751 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1752 << "[]"
1753 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1754 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1755 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001756 }
1757
1758 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1759 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1760 // build a built-in operation.
1761 }
1762
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001763 // Perform default conversions.
1764 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1765 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001766
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001767 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1768
1769 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001770 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001771 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001772 // and index from the expression types.
1773 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1774 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001775 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1776 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1777 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1778 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1779 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001780 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1781 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001782 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001783 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001784 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1785 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1786 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001787 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001788 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1789 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001790 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001791
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001792 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1793 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001794 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1795 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1796 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1797 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1798 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1799 // force the promotion here.
1800 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1801 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1802 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1803 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1804
1805 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1806 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1807 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1808 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1809 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1810 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1811 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1812 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1813 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1814
1815 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1816 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1817 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001818 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001819 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1820 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001821 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001822 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001823 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001824 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1825 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001826
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001827 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1828 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1829 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1830 // incomplete types are not object types.
1831 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1832 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1833 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1834 return ExprError();
1835 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001836
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001838 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001839 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1840 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001841
1842 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1843 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1844 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1845 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1846 return ExprError();
1847 }
1848
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001849 Base.release();
1850 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001851 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001852 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001853}
1854
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001855QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001856CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001857 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001858 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001859
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001860 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1861 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001862
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001863 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001864 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1865 // to be selected.
1866 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001867
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001868 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1869 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1870 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001871
1872 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1873 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001874 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001875 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1876 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001877 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001878 do
1879 compStr++;
1880 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001882 do
1883 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001885 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001887 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001888 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1889 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001890 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1891 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001892 return QualType();
1893 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001894
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001895 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1896 // operates on.
1897 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1898 compStr = CompName.getName();
1899
1900 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001901 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001902
1903 while (*compStr) {
1904 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1905 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1906 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1907 return QualType();
1908 }
1909 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001910 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001911
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001912 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1913 // number of elements.
1914 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001915 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001916 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001917 return QualType();
1918 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001919
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001921 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001923 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001924 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1926 : CompName.getLength();
1927 if (HexSwizzle)
1928 CompSize--;
1929
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 if (CompSize == 1)
1931 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001933 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001935 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1936 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1937 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1938 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001939 }
1940 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001941}
1942
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001943static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1944 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001945 const Selector &Sel,
1946 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001947
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001948 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001949 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001950 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001951 return OMD;
1952
1953 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1954 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001955 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1956 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957 return D;
1958 }
1959 return 0;
1960}
1961
1962static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1963 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001964 const Selector &Sel,
1965 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001966 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1967 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1968 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1969 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001970 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001971 GDecl = PD;
1972 break;
1973 }
1974 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001975 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 GDecl = OMD;
1977 break;
1978 }
1979 }
1980 if (!GDecl) {
1981 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1982 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1983 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001984 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985 if (GDecl)
1986 return GDecl;
1987 }
1988 }
1989 return GDecl;
1990}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001991
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001992/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1993/// all base class implementations.
1994///
1995ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1996 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1997 const Selector &Sel) {
1998 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001999 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2000 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002001 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002002
2003 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2004 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2005 return Method;
2006}
2007
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002008Action::OwningExprResult
2009Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2010 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002011 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002012 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002013 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002014 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002015
2016 // Perform default conversions.
2017 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002019 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2020 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002022 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2023 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002024 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002025 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Anders Carlssonc90aa132009-05-17 16:28:18 +00002026 // FIXME: This should not return a MemberExpr AST node, but a more
2027 // specialized one.
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002028 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, true, 0,
2029 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
2030 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002031 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002032 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002033 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2034 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002035 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2037 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2038 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002039 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002040 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2041 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2042 // (so we'll report an error for)
2043 // T* t;
2044 // t.f;
2045 //
2046 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2047 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2048 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2049 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2050
2051 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2052 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Anders Carlssonc90aa132009-05-17 16:28:18 +00002053 // FIXME: This should not return a MemberExpr AST node, but a more
2054 // specialized one.
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002055 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, false, 0,
2056 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
2057 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002058 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002059
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002060 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2061 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002062 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002063 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002064 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002065 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2066 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2067 return ExprError();
2068
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002069 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002070 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002071 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002072 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002073 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002074
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002075 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002076 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2077 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002078 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002079 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2080 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2081 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002082 }
2083
2084 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002085
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002086 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2087 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2088 // error cases.
2089 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2090 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002091
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002092 // Check the use of this field
2093 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2094 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002095
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002096 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002097 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2098 // (C++ [class.union]).
2099 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002100 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002101 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002102
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002103 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2104 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002105 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002106 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2107 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2108 else {
2109 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2110 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002111 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002112 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2113 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2114 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002115
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002116 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2117 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 }
2119
2120 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002121 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002122 Var, MemberLoc,
2123 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2124 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002125 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002126 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2127 MemberFn->getType()));
2128 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2129 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002130 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002131 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2132 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002133 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2134 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002135 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2137 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002138
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002139 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2140 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2141 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2143 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2144 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002145 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002147 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2148 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002149 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002150 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002151 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2152 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002153 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002154 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2155 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2156 // error cases.
2157 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2158 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002159
2160 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2161 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2162 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002163 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2164 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002165 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2166 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2167 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002168 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2169 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2170 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002171 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2172 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2173 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2174 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002175 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002176 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2177 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2178 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2179 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2180 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2181 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002182 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002183
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002184 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002185 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002186 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002187 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2188 }
2189 // @protected
2190 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2191 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2192 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002193
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002194 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002195 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002196 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002197 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002198 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2199 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2200 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002201 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002202
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002203 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2204 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2205 const PointerType *PTy;
2206 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2207 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2208 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002210
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002211 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002212 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2213 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002214 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2215 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2216 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002217 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2218 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2219 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002220 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2221 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002222 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002223 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2224 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002225
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002226 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002227 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2228 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002229 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2230 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002231 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2232 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002234
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002235 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002236 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2237 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002238
2239 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2240 // selector is implemented.
2241
2242 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2243 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2244
2245 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002246 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002247
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002248 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2249 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002250 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002251
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002252 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2253 if (!Getter) {
2254 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2255 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002256 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002257 }
2258 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002259 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002260 // Check if we can reference this property.
2261 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2262 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002263 }
2264 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2265 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2266 Selector SetterSel =
2267 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2268 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002269 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002270 if (!Setter) {
2271 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2272 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002273 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002274 }
2275 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2276 if (!Setter) {
2277 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2278 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002279 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002280 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002281 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002282
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002283 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2284 return ExprError();
2285
2286 if (Getter || Setter) {
2287 QualType PType;
2288
2289 if (Getter)
2290 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2291 else {
2292 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2293 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2294 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2295 }
2296 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2297 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2298 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2299 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002300 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2301 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002302 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002303 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2304 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2305 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2306 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002307 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002308 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002309 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002310 // Check the use of this declaration
2311 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002313
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002314 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002315 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2316 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002317 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002318 // Check the use of this method.
2319 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2320 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002321
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002322 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002323 OMD->getResultType(),
2324 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2325 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002326 }
2327 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002328
2329 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2330 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002331 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002332 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2333 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2334 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2335 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2336 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002337 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2338 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002339 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002340 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002341 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002342 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002343 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002344 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002345 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2346 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2347 Selector SetterSel =
2348 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2349 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002350 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002351 if (!Setter) {
2352 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2353 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002354 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002355 }
2356 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2357 if (!Setter) {
2358 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2359 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002360 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002361 }
2362 }
2363
2364 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2365 return ExprError();
2366
2367 if (Getter || Setter) {
2368 QualType PType;
2369
2370 if (Getter)
2371 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2372 else {
2373 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2374 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2375 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2376 }
2377 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2378 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2379 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2380 }
2381 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2382 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002383 }
2384 }
2385
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002386 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002387 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002388 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2389 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002390 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002391 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002392 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002393 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002394
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002395 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2396 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2397
2398 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2399 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2400 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2401 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2402 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2403 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2404 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2405 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2406 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2407 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2408 }
2409
2410 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002411}
2412
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002413/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2414/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2415/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2416/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2417/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2418/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002419bool
2420Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002421 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002422 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002423 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2424 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002425 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002426 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2427 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2428 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002429 bool Invalid = false;
2430
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002431 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2432 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2433 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2434 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2435 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2436 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2437 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2438 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002439 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002440 }
2441
2442 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2443 // them.
2444 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2445 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2446 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2447 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2448 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2449 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2450 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2451 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002452 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002453 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002454 }
2455 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2456 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002457
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002458 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2459 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2460 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002461
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002462 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002463 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002464 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002465
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002466 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2467 ProtoArgType,
2468 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2469 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2470 return true;
2471
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002472 // Pass the argument.
2473 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2474 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002475 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002476 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002477 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002478 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002479
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002480 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2481 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002482
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002483 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2484 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002485 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2486 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2487 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2488 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2489 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2490
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002491 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2492 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2493 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002494 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002495 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2496 }
2497 }
2498
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002499 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500}
2501
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002502/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002503/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2504/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002505Action::OwningExprResult
2506Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2507 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002508 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002509 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002510 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002511 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002512 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002513 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002514 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002515 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002516
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002517 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002518 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002519 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002520 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2521 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002522 bool Dependent = false;
2523 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2524 Dependent = true;
2525 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2526 Dependent = true;
2527
2528 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002529 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002530 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2531
2532 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2533 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2534 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2535 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2536
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002538 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2539 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2540 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002541 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2542 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002543 }
2544
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002545 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002546 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002547 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2548 bool ADL = true;
2549 while (true) {
2550 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2551 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2552 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002553 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002554 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002555 ADL = false;
2556 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2557 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002558 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002559 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2560 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002561 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2562 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2563 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2564 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002565 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002566 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2567 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2568 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002570 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2571 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2572 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002573 break;
2574 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002575 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002576
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002577 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2578 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002579 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002580 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002581 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002582 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002583
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002584 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002585 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002586 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002587 ADL = false;
2588
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002589 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2590 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2591 ADL = false;
2592
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002593 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2595 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002596 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2597 if (!FDecl)
2598 return ExprError();
2599
2600 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2601 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002603 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002604 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2605 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2606 false, false,
2607 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2608 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002609 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002610 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002611 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2612 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2613 Fn = NewFn;
2614 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002615 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002616
2617 // Promote the function operand.
2618 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2619
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002620 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2621 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002622 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2623 Args, NumArgs,
2624 Context.BoolTy,
2625 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002626
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002627 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2628 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2629 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2630 // have type pointer to function".
2631 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2632 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002633 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2634 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002635 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2636 } else { // This is a block call.
2637 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2638 getAsFunctionType();
2639 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002640 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002641 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2642 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2643
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002644 // Check for a valid return type
2645 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2646 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2647 FuncT->getResultType(),
2648 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2649 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2650 return ExprError();
2651
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002652 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002653 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002654
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002655 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002658 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002659 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002660 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002661
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002662 if (FDecl) {
2663 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2664 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2665 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002666 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002667 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2668 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2669 }
2670
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002671 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002672 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2673 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2674 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002675 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2676 Arg->getType(),
2677 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2678 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2679 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002680 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002681 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002682 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002683
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2685 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002686 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2687 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002688
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002689 // Check for sentinels
2690 if (NDecl)
2691 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002692 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002693 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002694 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002695 if (NDecl)
2696 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002697
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002698 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002699}
2700
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002701Action::OwningExprResult
2702Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2703 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002704 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002705 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2706 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002707 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002708 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002709
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002710 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002711 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002712 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2713 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002714 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002715 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2716 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002717 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002718
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002719 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002720 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002721 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002722
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002723 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002724 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002725 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002726 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002727 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002728 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002729 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002730 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002731}
2732
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002733Action::OwningExprResult
2734Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002735 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2736 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2737 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002738
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002739 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002740 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002741
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002742 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002743 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002744 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002745 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002746}
2747
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002748/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002749bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002750 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2751
2752 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2753 // type needs to be scalar.
2754 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2755 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002756 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2757 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002758 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002759 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2760 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2761 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2762 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002763 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002764 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2765 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2766 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2767 // GCC cast to union extension
2768 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2769 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002770 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002771 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2772 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2773 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2774 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2775 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2776 break;
2777 }
2778 }
2779 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2780 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2781 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2782 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002783 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002784 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002785 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002786 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002787 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002788 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002789 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2790 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002791 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002792 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2793 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2794 return true;
2795 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2796 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2797 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002798 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002799 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002800 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2801 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2802 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2803 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2804 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2805 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2806 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2807 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2808 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2809 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2810 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002811 }
2812 return false;
2813}
2814
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002815bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002816 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002817
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002818 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002819 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002820 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002822 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002823 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002824 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002825 } else
2826 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002827 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002828 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002829
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002830 return false;
2831}
2832
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002833Action::OwningExprResult
2834Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2835 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2836 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2837 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002838
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002839 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002840 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2841
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002842 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002843 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002844 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002845 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002846}
2847
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002848/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2849/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002850/// C99 6.5.15
2851QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2852 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002853 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2854 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2855 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2856
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002857 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2858 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2859 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2860 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2861 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2862 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002863
2864 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002865 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2866 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2867 << CondTy;
2868 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002869 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002870
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002871 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002872
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002873 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2874 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002875 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2876 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2877 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002878 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002879
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002880 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2881 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002882 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2883 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002884 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002886 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002887 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002888 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002889 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002891 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002892 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002893 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2894 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2895 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2896 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2897 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2898 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2899 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2900 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2901 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002902 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002903 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002904 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2905 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002906 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2907 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2908 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2909 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2910 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002911 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002912 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2913 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2914 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2915 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2916 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002917 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002918
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002919 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2920 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2921 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2922 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2923
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002924 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2925 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002926 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2927 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002928 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2929 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2930 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2931 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002932
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002933 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2934 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2935 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2936 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2937 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2938 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2939 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2940 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2941 return destType;
2942 }
2943 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2944 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2945 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2946 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2947 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2948 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2949 return destType;
2950 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002951
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002952 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2953 if (sameKind
2954 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2955 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2956 return LHSTy;
2957 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002958
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002959 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002960
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002961 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2962 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2963 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2964 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2965 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2966 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2967 // type. This allows
2968 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2969 // where B is a subclass of A.
2970 //
2971 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2972 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2973 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2974 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002975
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002976 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2977 // It could return the composite type.
2978 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2979 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2980 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2981 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2982 compositeType = LHSTy;
2983 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2984 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2985 compositeType = RHSTy;
2986 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2987 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2988 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2989 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2990 if (!sameKind
2991 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2992 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2993 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2994 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2995 return QualType();
2996 } else {
2997 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2998 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2999 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3000 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003001 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3002 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003003 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003004 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003005 } else if (!sameKind
3006 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3007 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3008 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3009 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3010 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3011 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3012 // to get a consistent AST.
3013 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3014 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3015 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3016 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003017 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003018 // The pointer types are compatible.
3019 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3020 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3021 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3022 // type.
3023 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3024 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3025 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3026 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3027 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003028 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003030 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3031 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3032 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3033 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3034 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3035 return RHSTy;
3036 }
3037 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3038 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3039 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3040 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3041 return LHSTy;
3042 }
3043
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003044 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3045 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003046 // id with statically typed objects).
3047 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003048 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3049 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3050 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003051 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003053 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3054 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3055 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003056 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3057 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3058 // change the type of method sends.
3059
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003060 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3061 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3062 // cases. Investigate.
3063 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003064 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3065 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003066 return compositeType;
3067 }
3068 }
3069
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003070 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003071 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3072 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003073 return QualType();
3074}
3075
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003076/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003077/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003078Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3079 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3080 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3081 ExprArg RHS) {
3082 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3083 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003084
3085 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3086 // was the condition.
3087 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3088 if (isLHSNull)
3089 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003090
3091 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003092 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3093 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003094 return ExprError();
3095
3096 Cond.release();
3097 LHS.release();
3098 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003099 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003100 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3101 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003102}
3103
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003104
3105// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003106// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3108// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3109// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003110Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003111Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3112 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003114 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003115 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3116 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003118 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003119 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3120 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003121
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003122 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003123
3124 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3125 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3126 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003127 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003128 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003129 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003130
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3132 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003133 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003134 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003135 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003136 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003138 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003139 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3140 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003141 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003142
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003143 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003144 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003145 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003146
3147 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003148 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3149 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003150 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003152 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003153 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3154 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3155 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3156 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3157 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3158 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3159 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3160 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3161 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3162 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3163 }
3164 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3165 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3166 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3167 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3168 }
3169 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3170 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3171 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3172 // warning can be disabled.
3173 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3174 return ConvTy;
3175 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3176 }
3177 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3178 return IncompatiblePointer;
3179 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003180 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003181}
3182
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003183/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3184/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3185/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3186// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003187Sema::AssignConvertType
3188Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003189 QualType rhsType) {
3190 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003191
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003192 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3193 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003194 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3195
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003196 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3197 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3198 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003199
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003200 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003202 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3203 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3204 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003206 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003207 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003208 return ConvTy;
3209}
3210
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003211/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3212/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003213/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3214///
3215/// int a, *pint;
3216/// short *pshort;
3217/// struct foo *pfoo;
3218///
3219/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3220/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3221/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3222/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3223///
3224/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003225/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003226///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003227Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003228Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003229 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3230 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003231 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3232 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003233
3234 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003235 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003236
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003237 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3238 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3239 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3240 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3241 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3242 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3243 // type.
3244 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3245 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003246 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003247 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003248 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003249
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003250 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3251 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003252 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003253 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3254 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3255 return IntToPointer;
3256 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3257 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003258 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003259 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003260
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003261 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003262 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003263 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3264 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003265 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003266
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003267 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003268 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003269 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003270 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3271 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003272 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003273 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003274 }
3275 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003276 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003277
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003278 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003279 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003280
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003281 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003282 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003283 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003284
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003285 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003286 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003287
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003288 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003289 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003290 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003291
3292 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3293 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3294 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3295 return Compatible;
3296 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003297 return Incompatible;
3298 }
3299
3300 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3301 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003302 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003304 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3305 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3306 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3307 return Compatible;
3308
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003309 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3310 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003311
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003312 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3313 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003314 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003315 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003316 return Incompatible;
3317 }
3318
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003319 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003320 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003321 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3322 return Compatible;
3323
3324 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003325 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003326
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003328 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003329
3330 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003331 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003332 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003333 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003334 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003335
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003336 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003337 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003338 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003339 }
3340 return Incompatible;
3341}
3342
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003343/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3344/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3345static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3346 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3347 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3348 // of the transparent union.
3349 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3350 &E, 1,
3351 SourceLocation());
3352 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3353 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3354
3355 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3356 // union type from this initializer list.
3357 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3358 false);
3359}
3360
3361Sema::AssignConvertType
3362Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3363 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3364
3365 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3366 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3367 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3368 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3369 return Incompatible;
3370
3371 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3372 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3373 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3374 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3375 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3376 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3377 it != itend; ++it) {
3378 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3379 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3380 // 1) void pointer
3381 // 2) null pointer constant
3382 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3383 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3384 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3385 InitField = *it;
3386 break;
3387 }
3388
3389 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3390 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3391 InitField = *it;
3392 break;
3393 }
3394 }
3395
3396 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3397 == Compatible) {
3398 InitField = *it;
3399 break;
3400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 if (!InitField)
3404 return Incompatible;
3405
3406 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3407 return Compatible;
3408}
3409
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003410Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003411Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003412 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3413 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3414 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3415 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3416 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003417 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3418 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003419 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003420 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003421 }
3422
3423 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3424 // structures.
3425 }
3426
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003427 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3428 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003429 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3430 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003431 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003432 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003433 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003434 return Compatible;
3435 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003437 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003438 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003439 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003440 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003441 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003443 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3444 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003445
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003446 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3447 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003448
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003449 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3450 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003451 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3452 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3453 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3454 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003455 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003456 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003457 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003458}
3459
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003460QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003461 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003462 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003463 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003464 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003465}
3466
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003468 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003469 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003470 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003471 QualType lhsType =
3472 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3473 QualType rhsType =
3474 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003475
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003476 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003477 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003478 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003479
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003480 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3481 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003482 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3483 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3484 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003485 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3486 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003487 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003488 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003489 }
3490 }
3491 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003492
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003493 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3494 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003495 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003496 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003497
3498 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003499 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3500 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003501 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003502 return lhsType;
3503 }
3504 }
3505
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003506 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003507 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003508 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003509 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3510
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003511 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003512 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3513 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003514 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003515 return rhsType;
3516 }
3517 }
3518
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003519 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003520 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003521 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003522 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003523 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003524}
3525
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003526inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003527 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003528{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003529 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003530 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003531
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003532 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003533
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003534 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003535 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003536 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003537}
3538
3539inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003540 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003541{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003542 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3543 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3544 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3545 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3546 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003547
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003548 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003550 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003551 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003552 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003553}
3554
3555inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003556 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003557{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003558 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3559 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3560 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3561 return compType;
3562 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003563
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003564 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003565
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003566 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003567 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3568 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3569 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003570 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003571 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003572
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003573 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3574 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3575 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3576 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3577
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003578 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003579 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003580 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3581 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3582 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3584 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003585 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003586 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003587 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003588
3589 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3590 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3591 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003592 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003593 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3594 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3595 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3596 return QualType();
3597 }
3598
3599 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3600 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3601 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3602 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003603 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003604 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003605 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3606 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003607 return QualType();
3608
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003609 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3610 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3611 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3612 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3613 return QualType();
3614 }
3615
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003616 if (CompLHSTy) {
3617 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3618 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3619 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003620 else {
3621 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3622 if (!T.isNull())
3623 LHSTy = T;
3624 }
3625
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003626 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3627 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003628 return PExp->getType();
3629 }
3630 }
3631
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003632 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003633}
3634
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003635// C99 6.5.6
3636QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003637 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3638 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3639 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3640 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3641 return compType;
3642 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003643
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003644 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003645
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003646 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003647
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003648 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003649 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3650 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003651 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003652 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003653 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003655 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3656 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003657 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003659 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003660
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003661 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3662 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3663 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3666 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3667 return QualType();
3668 }
3669
3670 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3671 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3672 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3673 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003675 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003676 return QualType();
3677 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003678
3679 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3680 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3681 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3682 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3683 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3684 lex->getSourceRange(),
3685 SourceRange(),
3686 lex->getType()))
3687 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003688
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003689 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3690 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3691 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3692 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3693 return QualType();
3694 }
3695
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003696 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003697 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3698 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3699 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3700 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3701 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3702 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3703 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3704 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3705
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003706 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003707 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003708 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003709
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003710 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3711 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003712 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003714 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3715 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3716 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3718 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3719 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3720 return QualType();
3721 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003722
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003723 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3724 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003727 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003728 return QualType();
3729 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003730
3731 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3732 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3733 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3734 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3735 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3736 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3737 rex->getSourceRange(),
3738 SourceRange(),
3739 rex->getType()))
3740 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003741
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3743 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3744 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3746 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3747 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3748 return QualType();
3749 }
3750 } else {
3751 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3752 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3753 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3754 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3755 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3756 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3757 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3758 return QualType();
3759 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003762 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3763 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3764 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3765 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3766 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3767 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3768 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003769
3770 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003771 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3772 }
3773 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003775 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003776}
3777
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003778// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003779QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003780 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003781 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3782 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003783 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003785 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3786 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003787 QualType LHSTy;
3788 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3789 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003790 else {
3791 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3792 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3793 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3794 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003795 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003796 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3797
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003798 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003800 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003801 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003802}
3803
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003804// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003805QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003806 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3807 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3808
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003809 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003810 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003812 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003813 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3814 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3815 else {
3816 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3817 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3818 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003819 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3820 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003821
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003822 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3823 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003824 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3825 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3826 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003827 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3828 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003829 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3830 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3831 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3832 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003833 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3834 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003835 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003836
3837 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3838 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3839 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3840 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3841
3842 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3843 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003844 Expr *literalString = 0;
3845 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003846 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003847 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3848 literalString = lex;
3849 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3850 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003851 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3852 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003853 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3854 literalString = rex;
3855 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3856 }
3857
3858 if (literalString) {
3859 std::string resultComparison;
3860 switch (Opc) {
3861 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3862 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3863 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3864 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3865 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3866 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3867 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3868 }
3869 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3870 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3871 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003872 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3873 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3874 "strcmp(")
3875 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3876 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003877 resultComparison);
3878 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003879 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003880
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003881 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003882 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003883
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003884 if (isRelational) {
3885 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003886 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003887 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003888 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003889 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003890 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003891 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003892 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003893
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003894 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003895 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003896 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003898 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3899 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003900
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003901 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3902 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3903 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003904 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003905 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003906 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003907 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003908 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003909
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003910 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3911 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3912 return ResultTy;
3913
3914 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3915 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3916 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3917 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3918 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3919 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3920 //
3921 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3922 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003923 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003924 if (T.isNull()) {
3925 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3926 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3927 return QualType();
3928 }
3929
3930 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3931 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3932 return ResultTy;
3933 }
3934
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003935 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003936 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3937 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003938 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003939 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003940 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003941 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003942 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003943 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003944 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003945 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003946 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3947 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3948 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3949 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3950 return ResultTy;
3951 }
3952 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3953 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3954 return ResultTy;
3955 }
3956 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3957 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3958 return ResultTy;
3959 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003960 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003961 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003962 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3963 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003964
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003965 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3966 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003968 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003969 }
3970 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003971 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003972 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003973 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003974 if (!isRelational
3975 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3976 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003977 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003978 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3979 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3980 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3981 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3982 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3983 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003984 }
3985 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003986 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003987 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003988
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003989 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003990 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003991 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3992 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003993 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003994 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003995 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003996 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003997
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003998 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3999 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004000 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004001 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004002 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004003 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004004 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004005 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004006 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004007 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004008 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4009 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004010 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004011 } else {
4012 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004013 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004014 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004015 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004016 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004017 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004018 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004019 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004021 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004022 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004023 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004024 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004025 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004026 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004027 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004029 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004030 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004031 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004032 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004033 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004034 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004035 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004036 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004037 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4038 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004039 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004040 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004041 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004042 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4043 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004044 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004045 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004046 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004047 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004048}
4049
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004050/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004051/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004052/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4053/// types.
4054QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004055 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004056 bool isRelational) {
4057 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4058 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004059 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004060 if (vType.isNull())
4061 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004063 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4064 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004066 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4067 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4068 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4069 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4070 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4071 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4072 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004074 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004076 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4077 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4078 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004079 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004080 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004082 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4083 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4084 if (1) {
4085 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4086 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4087 return QualType();
4088 }
4089
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004090 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4091 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4092 // elements for floating point vectors.
4093 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4094 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004095
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004096 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004097 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004098 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004099 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004100 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004101 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4102
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004104 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004105 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4106}
4107
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004108inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004110{
4111 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004112 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004113
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004114 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004115
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004116 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004117 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004118 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004119}
4120
4121inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004122 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004123{
4124 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4125 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004126
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004127 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004128 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004129 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004130}
4131
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004132/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4133/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4134/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4135///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004136static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004137{
4138 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4139 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4140 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4141 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4142 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004143 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004144 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4145 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4146 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4147 return true;
4148 }
4149 }
4150 return false;
4151}
4152
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004153/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4154/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4155static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004156 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4157 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4158 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004159 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4160 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004161 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4162 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004164 unsigned Diag = 0;
4165 bool NeedType = false;
4166 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4167 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4168 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004169 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004170 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4171 NeedType = true;
4172 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004173 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004174 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4175 NeedType = true;
4176 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004177 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004178 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4179 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004180 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004181 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4182 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004183 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4184 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004185 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004186 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4187 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004188 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004189 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4190 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004191 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004192 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4193 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004194 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4195 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4196 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004197 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4198 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4199 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004200 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004201
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004202 SourceRange Assign;
4203 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4204 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004205 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004206 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004207 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004208 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004209 return true;
4210}
4211
4212
4213
4214// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004215QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4216 SourceLocation Loc,
4217 QualType CompoundType) {
4218 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4219 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004220 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004221
4222 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4223 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004224
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004225 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004226 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004227 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004228 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004229 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4230 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4231 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4232 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4233 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4234 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4235 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004237 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4238 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4239 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004240 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004241 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4242 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4243 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4244 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4245 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004246 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004247 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004248 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4249 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4250 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004251 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4252 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004253 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4254 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4255 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004256 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004257 }
4258 } else {
4259 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004260 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004261 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004262
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004263 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4264 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004265 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004266
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004267 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4268 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004269 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004270 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4271 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004272 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004273 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004274 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004275}
4276
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004277// C99 6.5.17
4278QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004279 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004280 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004281
4282 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4283 // incomplete in C++).
4284
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004285 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004286}
4287
4288/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4289/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004290QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4291 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004292 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4293 return Context.DependentTy;
4294
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004295 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4296 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004297
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004298 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4299 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4300 if (!isInc) {
4301 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4302 return QualType();
4303 }
4304 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4305 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4306 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004307 // OK!
4308 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4309 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004310 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4312 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4313 << Op->getSourceRange();
4314 return QualType();
4315 }
4316
4317 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004318 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004319 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004320 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4322 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4323 return QualType();
4324 }
4325
4326 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004327 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004328 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4329 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4330 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4331 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004332 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004333 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4334 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4335 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004336 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004337 } else {
4338 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004339 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004340 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004341 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004343 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004344 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004345 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004346 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004347}
4348
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004349/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004350/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004351/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4352/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4353/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4354/// - &(x) => x
4355/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4356/// - &s.xx => s
4357/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4358/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4359/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4360/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004361static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004362 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004363 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004364 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004365 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004366 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004367 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4368 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4369 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004370 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004371 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004372 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004373 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004374 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004375 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4376 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004377 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4378 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4379 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4380 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4381 }
4382 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004383 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004384 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4385 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004386
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004387 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004388 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4389 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4390 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4391 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4392 default:
4393 return 0;
4394 }
4395 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004397 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004398 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004399 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4400 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004401 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004402 default:
4403 return 0;
4404 }
4405}
4406
4407/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004409/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004411/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004413/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004414QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004415 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4416 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4417
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004418 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4419 return Context.DependentTy;
4420
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004421 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4422 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4423 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4424 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4425 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4426 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4427 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4428 }
4429 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4430 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4431 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004432 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004433 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004434
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004435 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4436 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004437 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004438 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004439 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004440 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4441 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004442 return QualType();
4443 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004444 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004445 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4446 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4447 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004448 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004449 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4450 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004451 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004453 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004454 return QualType();
4455 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004457 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4458 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4459 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004460 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4461 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004462 return QualType();
4463 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004464 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004465 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004466 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4467 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004468 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4469 // scope qualifier for the class.
4470 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4471 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4472 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4473 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4474 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4475 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004476 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004477 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004478 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004479 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4480 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4481 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4482 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004483 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004484 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004485
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004486 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4487 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4488 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4489 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4490 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4491 }
4492
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004493 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4494 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4495}
4496
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004497QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004498 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4499 return Context.DependentTy;
4500
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004501 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4502 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004504 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4505 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4506 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4507 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4508 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004509 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004510
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004511 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004512 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004513 return QualType();
4514}
4515
4516static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4517 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4518 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4519 switch (Kind) {
4520 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004521 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4522 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004523 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4524 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4525 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4526 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4527 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4528 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4529 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4530 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4531 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4532 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4533 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4534 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4535 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4536 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4537 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4538 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4539 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4540 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4541 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4542 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4543 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4544 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4545 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4546 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4547 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4548 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4549 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4550 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4551 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4552 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4553 }
4554 return Opc;
4555}
4556
4557static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4558 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4559 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4560 switch (Kind) {
4561 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4562 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4563 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4564 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4565 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4566 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4567 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4568 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4569 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004570 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4571 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4572 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4573 }
4574 return Opc;
4575}
4576
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004577/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4578/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4579/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004580Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4581 unsigned Op,
4582 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004583 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004584 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004585 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4586 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4587 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004588
4589 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004590 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4591 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4592 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004593 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4594 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4595 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4596 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4597 break;
4598 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004599 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4600 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4601 break;
4602 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4603 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4604 break;
4605 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4606 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4607 break;
4608 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4609 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4610 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004611 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004612 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4613 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4614 break;
4615 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4616 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4617 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4618 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004619 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004620 break;
4621 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4622 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004623 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004624 break;
4625 case BinaryOperator::And:
4626 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4627 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4628 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4629 break;
4630 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4631 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4632 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4633 break;
4634 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4635 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004636 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4637 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4638 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4639 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004640 break;
4641 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004642 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4643 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4644 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4645 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004646 break;
4647 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004648 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4649 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4650 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004651 break;
4652 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004653 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4654 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4655 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004656 break;
4657 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4658 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004659 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4660 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4661 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4662 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004663 break;
4664 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4665 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4666 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004667 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4668 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4669 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4670 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004671 break;
4672 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4673 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4674 break;
4675 }
4676 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004677 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004678 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004679 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4680 else
4681 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004682 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4683 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004684}
4685
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004686// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004687Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4688 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4689 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004690 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004691 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004692
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004693 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4694 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004695
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004696 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4697 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4698 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4699 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4700 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4701 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4702 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004703 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004704 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4705 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4706 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4707 Functions);
4708 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4709 DeclarationName OpName
4710 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4711 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004712 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004713
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004714 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4715 // binary operation.
4716 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004717 }
4718
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004719 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4720 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004721}
4722
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004723Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4724 unsigned OpcIn,
4725 ExprArg InputArg) {
4726 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004727
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004728 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004729 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004730 QualType resultType;
4731 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004732 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4733 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4734 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4735 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4736 break;
4737
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004738 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4739 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004740 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4741 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004742 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004743 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004744 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4745 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004747 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004748 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4749 break;
4750 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4751 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4752 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4753 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004754 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4755 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004756 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4757 break;
4758 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4759 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4760 break;
4761 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4762 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4763 resultType->isPointerType())
4764 break;
4765
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004766 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4767 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004768 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4769 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4770 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004771 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4772 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004773 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4774 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4775 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004776 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004777 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004778 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004779 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4780 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004781 break;
4782 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4783 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4784 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4785 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004786 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4787 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004788 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004789 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4790 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004791 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004792 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4793 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004794 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004795 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004796 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004797 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004798 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004799 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004800 resultType = Input->getType();
4801 break;
4802 }
4803 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004804 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004805
4806 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004807 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004808}
4809
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004810// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4811Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4812 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4813 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4814 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4815
4816 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4817 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4818 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4819 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4820 // the arguments.
4821 FunctionSet Functions;
4822 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4823 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4824 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4825 Functions);
4826 DeclarationName OpName
4827 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4828 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4829 }
4830
4831 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4832 }
4833
4834 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4835}
4836
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004837/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004838Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4839 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4840 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004841 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004842 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004843
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004844 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4845 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004846 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004847 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004849 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004850 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4851 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004852}
4853
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004854Sema::OwningExprResult
4855Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4856 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4857 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004858 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4859 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4860
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004861 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004862 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004863 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004864
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004865 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4866 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4867 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004869 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4870 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4871 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004873 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4874 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4875 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4876 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4877 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004879 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004880 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004881 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004883 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4884 // expressions are not lvalues.
4885
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004886 substmt.release();
4887 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004888}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004889
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004890Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4891 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4892 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4893 TypeTy *argty,
4894 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4895 unsigned NumComponents,
4896 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4897 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4898 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004899 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4900 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004902 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4903
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004904 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4905 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4906 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004907 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004908 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004909
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004910 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4911 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004912
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004913 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4914 // the offsetof designators.
4915 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4916 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004917 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004918 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004919
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004920 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4921 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004922 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4923 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004924 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004925 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4926 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004928 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004929 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004930
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004931 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4932 // leaks like a sieve.
4933 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4934 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4935 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4936 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4937 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4938 if (!AT) {
4939 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004940 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4941 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004942 }
4943
4944 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4945
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004946 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4947 // expression.
4948 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4949
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004950 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4951 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004952 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004953 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004954 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004955 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004956 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004957
4958 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4959 OC.LocEnd);
4960 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004961 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004962
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004963 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4964 if (!RC) {
4965 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004966 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4967 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004968 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004969
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004970 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4971 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004972 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004973 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004974 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4975 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4976 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004977 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4978 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004979 }
4980
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004981 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4982 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4983 LookupMemberName)
4984 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004985 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004986 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004987 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4988 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004989
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004990 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4991 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004992 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004993 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4994 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004995 } else {
4996 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4997 // doesn't matter here.
4998 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4999 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5000 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005001 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005002 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005003
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005004 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5005 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005006}
5007
5008
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005009Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5010 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5011 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005012 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5013 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005015 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005016
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005017 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5018 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005019}
5020
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005021Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5022 ExprArg cond,
5023 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5024 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5025 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5026 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5027 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005029 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5030
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005031 QualType resType;
5032 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
5033 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5034 } else {
5035 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5036 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5037 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5038 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005039 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5040 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5041 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005042
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005043 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5044 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5045 }
5046
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005047 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5048 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5049 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005050}
5051
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005052//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5053// Clang Extensions.
5054//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5055
5056/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005057void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005058 // Analyze block parameters.
5059 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005060
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005061 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5062 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5063 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005064
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005065 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5066 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005067 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005068 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5069 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005070
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005071 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005072 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005073}
5074
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005075void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005076 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005077
5078 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5079 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005080 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005081 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5082
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005083 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5084 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5085 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5086 return;
5087 }
5088
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005089 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5090 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5091 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5092
5093 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5094 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005095 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5096 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5097 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005098 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005099 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5100 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005101 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5102
5103 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5104 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5105 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5106 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5107 return;
5108 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005109 return;
5110 }
5111
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005112 // Analyze arguments to block.
5113 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5114 "Not a function declarator!");
5115 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005116
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005117 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5118 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005119
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005120 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5121 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5122 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5123 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005124 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5125 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005126 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005127 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005128 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5129 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005130 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005131 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005132 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00005133 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005134 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005135
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005136 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005137 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5138 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5139 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5140 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5141 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005142
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005143 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5144 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5145 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005146 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005147 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5148 }
5149
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005150 // Analyze the return type.
5151 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5152 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5153
5154 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5155 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5156 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5157 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5158 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5159 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005160}
5161
5162/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5163/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5164void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5165 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5166 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005167
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005168 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5169
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005170 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005171 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005172 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005173 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005174}
5175
5176/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5177/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005178Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5179 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005180 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5181 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5182 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5183
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005184 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5185 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005186
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005187 PopDeclContext();
5188
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005189 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5190 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005191
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005192 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5193 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5194 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005195
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005196 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5198 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005199
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005200 QualType BlockTy;
5201 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005202 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005203 else
5204 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005205 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005207 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5208
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005209 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005211 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5212 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5213 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5214 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5215
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005216 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005217 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5218 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005219}
5220
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005221Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5222 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5223 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005224 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005225 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5226 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5227
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005228 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005229
5230 // Get the va_list type
5231 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005232 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5233 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5234 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5235 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005236 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005237 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5238 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5239 } else {
5240 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5241 // it is modified by va_arg.
5242 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
5243 return ExprError();
5244 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005245
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005246 if (!Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005247 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5248 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005249 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005250 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005251
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005252 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005253 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005254
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005255 expr.release();
5256 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5257 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005258}
5259
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005260Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005261 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5262 // pointers on the target.
5263 QualType Ty;
5264 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5265 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5266 else
5267 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5268
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005269 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005270}
5271
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005272bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5273 SourceLocation Loc,
5274 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5275 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5276 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5277 bool isInvalid = false;
5278 unsigned DiagKind;
5279 switch (ConvTy) {
5280 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5281 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005282 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005283 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5284 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005285 case IntToPointer:
5286 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5287 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005288 case IncompatiblePointer:
5289 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5290 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005291 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5292 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5293 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005294 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5295 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5296 break;
5297 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005298 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5299 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5300 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5301 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5302 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5303 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5304 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5305 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5306 // C++ semantics.
5307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5308 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5309 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005310 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5311 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005312 case IntToBlockPointer:
5313 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5314 break;
5315 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005316 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005317 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005318 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005319 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005320 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5321 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5322 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005323 case IncompatibleVectors:
5324 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5325 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005326 case Incompatible:
5327 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5328 isInvalid = true;
5329 break;
5330 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005332 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5333 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005334 return isInvalid;
5335}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005336
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005337bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005338 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5339 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5340 if (Result)
5341 *Result = ICEResult;
5342 return false;
5343 }
5344
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005345 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5346
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005347 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005348 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5349 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5350
5351 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5352 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5353 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5354 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5355 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5356 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5357 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005358
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005359 return true;
5360 }
5361
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005362 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5363 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005364
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005365 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5366 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5367 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005368
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005369 if (Result)
5370 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5371 return false;
5372}